1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
301 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
307 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
315 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
318 return (char *) shstrtab;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
323 unsigned int shindex,
324 unsigned int strindex)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
334 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
336 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
338 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 /* xgettext:c-format */
342 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
347 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
351 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
353 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
355 /* xgettext:c-format */
356 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
357 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
358 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
360 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
364 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
367 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
368 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
369 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
370 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
371 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
372 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
373 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
376 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
377 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
380 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
382 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
384 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
386 const bfd_byte *esym;
387 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
390 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
391 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
392 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
397 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
403 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
405 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
407 elf_section_list * entry;
408 Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
410 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
411 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
414 if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
417 if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
419 shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
424 if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
426 if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
427 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
428 shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
429 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
430 the index table will not be needed. */
434 /* Read the symbols. */
436 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
438 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
439 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
440 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * extsym_size;
441 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
442 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
444 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
445 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
447 if (extsym_buf == NULL
448 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
449 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
455 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
459 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
460 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
461 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
463 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
464 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
465 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
467 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
468 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
469 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
476 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
478 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
479 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
480 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
481 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
485 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
486 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
487 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
488 shndx = extshndx_buf;
490 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
491 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
493 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
494 /* xgettext:c-format */
495 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
496 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
497 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
498 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
505 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
507 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
508 free (alloc_extshndx);
513 /* Look up a symbol name. */
515 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
517 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
521 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
522 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
524 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
525 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
526 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
528 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
529 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
532 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
535 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
536 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
541 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
542 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
545 typedef union elf_internal_group {
546 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
548 } Elf_Internal_Group;
550 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
551 signature just a string? */
554 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
557 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
558 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
559 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
561 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
562 that it is a symbol table section. */
563 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
565 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
566 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
567 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
570 /* Go read the symbol. */
571 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
572 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
573 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
576 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
579 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
582 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
584 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
586 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
587 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
590 unsigned int i, shnum;
592 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
593 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
594 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
597 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
598 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
599 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
600 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
601 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
603 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
605 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
607 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
613 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
614 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
618 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
619 so we can find them quickly. */
622 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
623 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
624 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
625 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
629 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
631 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
633 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
636 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
638 /* Add to list of sections. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
642 /* Read the raw contents. */
643 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
644 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
645 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
646 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
647 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
648 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
651 /* xgettext:c-format */
652 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
658 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
660 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
661 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
665 /* xgettext:c-format */
666 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
667 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
669 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
670 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
671 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
675 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
676 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
677 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
679 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
680 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
688 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
689 if (src == shdr->contents)
692 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
693 shdr->bfd_section->flags
694 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
700 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd);
703 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
708 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
709 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
711 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
713 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
716 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
717 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
719 (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
726 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
730 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
732 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
733 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
734 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
736 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
737 section is a member. */
739 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
743 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
744 other members to see if any others are linked via
746 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
747 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
749 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
750 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
754 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
755 insert current section in circular list. */
756 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
757 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
758 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
764 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
767 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
769 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
770 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
773 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
775 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
776 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
784 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
786 /* xgettext:c-format */
787 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
795 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
798 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
799 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
802 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
803 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
805 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
806 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
808 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
809 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
810 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
811 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
814 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
815 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
816 bed->link_order_error_handler
817 /* xgettext:c-format */
818 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
823 asection *linksec = NULL;
825 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
827 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
828 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
832 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
833 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
837 /* xgettext:c-format */
838 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
839 s->owner, elfsec, s);
843 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
846 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP
847 && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL)
850 /* xgettext:c-format */
851 (_("%B: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
852 abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx);
857 /* Process section groups. */
858 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
861 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
863 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
864 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
867 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
868 if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
871 /* xgettext:c-format */
872 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
878 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
879 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
882 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
883 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
884 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
885 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
886 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
887 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
888 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
889 relocation sections are in section group in input object
891 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
894 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
896 /* xgettext:c-format */
897 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%A]"),
899 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
900 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
901 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
912 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
914 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
918 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
920 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
921 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
922 if (new_name == NULL)
926 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
931 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
933 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
934 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
935 if (new_name == NULL)
938 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
942 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
943 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
946 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
947 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
953 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
955 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
958 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
962 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
963 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
964 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
966 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
967 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
968 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
970 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
972 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
973 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
974 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
975 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
978 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
979 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
980 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
981 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
982 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
983 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
986 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
989 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
990 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
991 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
993 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
995 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
998 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
1000 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
1001 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
1002 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
1003 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
1005 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
1006 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
1007 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
1008 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1010 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
1012 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1013 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1014 if (name [0] == '.')
1019 p = ".debug", n = 6;
1020 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
1021 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
1022 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
1023 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1024 else if (name[1] == 'l')
1026 else if (name[1] == 's')
1028 else if (name[1] == 'z')
1029 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
1032 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
1033 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
1037 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1038 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1039 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1040 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1041 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1042 all but one of the sections. */
1043 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
1044 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
1045 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1047 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1048 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
1049 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
1052 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
1055 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1056 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1057 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1058 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1062 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1065 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_offset);
1069 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1071 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1072 unsigned int i, nload;
1074 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1075 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1076 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1077 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1078 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1079 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1080 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1082 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1084 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1087 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1088 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1090 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1091 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1092 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1093 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1095 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1096 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1097 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1099 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1100 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1101 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1102 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1103 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1104 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1105 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1106 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1107 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1109 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1110 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1111 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1112 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1113 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1114 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1115 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1121 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1122 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1123 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1124 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1125 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1127 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1128 int compression_header_size;
1129 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
1130 bfd_boolean compressed
1131 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1132 &compression_header_size,
1133 &uncompressed_size);
1137 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1138 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1139 action = decompress;
1142 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1143 section. Check if we should compress. */
1144 if (action == nothing)
1146 if (newsect->size != 0
1147 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1148 && compression_header_size >= 0
1149 && uncompressed_size > 0
1151 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1152 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1158 if (action == compress)
1160 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1163 /* xgettext:c-format */
1164 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1171 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1174 /* xgettext:c-format */
1175 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1181 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1184 && (action == decompress
1185 || (action == compress
1186 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1188 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1189 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1191 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1192 if (new_name == NULL)
1194 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1198 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1199 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1200 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1206 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
1208 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1209 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1210 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1213 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1214 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1215 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1216 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1217 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1218 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1219 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1220 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1221 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1223 bfd_reloc_status_type
1224 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1225 arelent *reloc_entry,
1227 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1228 asection *input_section,
1230 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1232 if (output_bfd != NULL
1233 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1234 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1235 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1237 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1238 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1241 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1244 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1245 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1246 should be the same. */
1249 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a,
1250 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
1253 a->sh_type == b->sh_type
1254 && (a->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1255 == (b->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1256 && a->sh_addralign == b->sh_addralign
1257 && a->sh_size == b->sh_size
1258 && a->sh_entsize == b->sh_entsize
1259 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1263 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1264 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1265 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1266 to be the correct section. */
1269 find_link (const bfd * obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader, const unsigned int hint)
1271 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1274 BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL);
1276 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1277 if (oheaders[hint] != NULL
1278 && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
1281 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1283 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1285 if (oheader == NULL)
1287 if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
1288 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1289 multiple matches ? */
1296 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1297 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1298 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1301 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
1303 const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1304 Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader,
1305 const unsigned int secnum)
1307 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1308 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1309 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
1310 unsigned int sh_link;
1312 if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
1314 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1315 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1316 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1317 matched up with the original.
1319 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1320 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1321 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1322 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1323 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1324 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1325 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1326 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1327 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1328 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1329 without any contents. */
1330 if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
1331 oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
1332 if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
1333 oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
1337 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1338 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL
1339 && bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1340 (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader))
1343 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1344 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1345 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1346 in the input bfd. */
1347 if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1349 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1350 if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
1352 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1353 /* xgettext:c-format */
1354 (_("%B: Invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1355 ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum);
1359 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link);
1360 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1362 oheader->sh_link = sh_link;
1366 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1367 if we could not find a match ? */
1368 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1369 /* xgettext:c-format */
1370 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1373 if (iheader->sh_info)
1375 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1376 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1378 if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
1380 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
1382 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1383 oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
1386 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1387 sh_link = iheader->sh_info;
1389 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1391 oheader->sh_info = sh_link;
1395 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1396 /* xgettext:c-format */
1397 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1403 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1407 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1409 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1410 Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1411 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1414 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1415 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1418 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1420 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1421 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1424 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1426 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1427 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1428 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1430 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1431 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION])
1432 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]
1433 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION];
1435 /* Copy object attributes. */
1436 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1438 if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
1441 bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1443 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1444 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1447 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1449 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1450 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1451 files. See below for more details. */
1453 || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
1454 && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS))
1457 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1458 fields have already been initialised. */
1459 if (oheader->sh_size == 0
1460 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
1463 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1464 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1465 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1467 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1469 if (iheader == NULL)
1472 if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL
1473 && iheader->bfd_section != NULL
1474 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL
1475 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section)
1477 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1478 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1479 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1480 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1481 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1482 j = elf_numsections (ibfd);
1487 if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd))
1490 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1491 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1492 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1493 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1495 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1497 if (iheader == NULL)
1500 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1501 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1502 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1504 if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
1505 || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
1506 && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1507 == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1508 && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
1509 && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
1510 && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
1511 && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
1512 && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
1513 || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
1515 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1520 if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
1522 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1523 with a NULL input section. */
1524 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL)
1525 bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, NULL, oheader);
1533 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1538 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1539 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1540 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1541 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1542 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1543 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1544 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1545 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1546 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1547 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1548 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1549 default: pt = NULL; break;
1554 /* Print out the program headers. */
1557 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1559 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1560 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1562 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1564 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1569 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1570 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1571 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1573 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1578 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1581 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1582 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1583 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1584 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1585 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1586 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1587 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1588 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1589 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1590 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1591 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1592 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1593 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1594 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1595 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1596 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1597 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1602 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1605 unsigned int elfsec;
1606 unsigned long shlink;
1607 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1609 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1611 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1613 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1616 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1617 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1619 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1621 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1622 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1625 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1626 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1628 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1629 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1631 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1633 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1634 const char *name = "";
1636 bfd_boolean stringp;
1637 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1639 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1641 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1648 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1649 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1651 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1653 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1658 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1659 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1660 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1661 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1662 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1663 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1664 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1665 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1666 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1667 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1668 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1669 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1670 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1671 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1672 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1673 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1674 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1675 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1676 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1677 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1678 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1679 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1680 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1681 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1682 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1683 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1684 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1685 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1686 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1687 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1688 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1689 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1690 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1691 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1692 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1693 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1694 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1695 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1696 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1697 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1698 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1699 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1700 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1701 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1702 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1703 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1704 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1705 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1706 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1707 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1708 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1709 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1710 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1711 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1712 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1713 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1714 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1715 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1718 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1722 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1727 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1729 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1732 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1741 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1742 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1744 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1748 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1750 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1752 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1753 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1755 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1756 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1757 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1758 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1760 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1763 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1767 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1773 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1775 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1777 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1778 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1780 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1782 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1783 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1784 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1785 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1786 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1787 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1799 /* Get version string. */
1802 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1803 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1805 const char *version_string = NULL;
1806 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1807 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1809 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1811 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1812 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1815 version_string = "";
1816 else if (vernum == 1)
1817 version_string = "Base";
1818 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1820 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1823 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1825 version_string = "";
1826 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1830 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1832 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1834 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1836 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1843 return version_string;
1846 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1849 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1852 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1854 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1857 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1858 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1860 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1861 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1862 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1863 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1865 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1867 const char *section_name;
1868 const char *name = NULL;
1869 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1870 unsigned char st_other;
1872 const char *version_string;
1875 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1877 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1878 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1879 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1883 name = symbol->name;
1884 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1887 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1888 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1889 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1890 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1891 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1892 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1893 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1895 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1896 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1898 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1899 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1905 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1910 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1911 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1916 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1917 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1922 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1923 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1924 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1926 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1928 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1931 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1937 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1939 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1942 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1944 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1945 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1946 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1948 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1949 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1950 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1951 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1953 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1958 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1959 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1960 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1961 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1962 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1963 can expect to recurse at least once.
1965 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1966 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1968 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
1969 sections_being_created = NULL;
1970 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
1972 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1973 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
1974 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
1975 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
1977 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
1980 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
1983 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
1986 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1987 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1988 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1993 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1994 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1997 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2000 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
2001 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
2002 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
2003 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
2004 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
2005 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
2006 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
2007 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2008 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2009 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2012 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2013 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2016 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
2018 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2019 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2020 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
2023 case bfd_arch_sparc:
2024 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2025 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2027 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2032 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
2034 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
2036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
2038 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2039 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2040 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2041 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2043 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
2044 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2048 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2050 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2051 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2053 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2054 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2056 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2064 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
2065 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2068 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2071 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2073 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2075 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2076 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2077 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2082 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2083 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2084 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
2087 /* xgettext:c-format */
2088 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2092 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2093 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
2094 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2095 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2097 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2098 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2099 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2100 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2101 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2103 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
2104 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
2105 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2109 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2110 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2111 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2113 elf_section_list * entry;
2114 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2116 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2117 if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
2120 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2121 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2123 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2125 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2126 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2131 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
2133 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2135 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2136 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2141 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
2142 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2146 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2147 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2150 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2153 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2155 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2158 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2159 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2160 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2165 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2166 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2167 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2170 /* xgettext:c-format */
2171 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2175 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2176 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
2177 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
2178 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2180 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2181 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2182 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2185 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2187 elf_section_list * entry;
2189 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2190 if (entry->ndx == shindex)
2193 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
2196 entry->ndx = shindex;
2198 entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
2199 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
2200 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
2204 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
2205 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
2208 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
2210 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2211 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
2215 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2218 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
2219 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
2223 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2226 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2227 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
2228 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
2229 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2231 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2236 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2237 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2238 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2239 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2241 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2243 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2244 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2246 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2247 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2249 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2252 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2254 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2256 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2257 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2261 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2266 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2268 asection *target_sect;
2269 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
2270 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2271 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
2274 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2275 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2278 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2279 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2282 /* xgettext:c-format */
2283 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2284 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex);
2285 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2290 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2291 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2292 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2293 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2294 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2295 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2296 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2298 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2299 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
2300 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2301 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2307 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2309 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2310 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2321 hdr->sh_link = found;
2324 /* Get the symbol table. */
2325 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2326 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2327 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2330 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2331 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2332 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2333 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2334 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2335 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2336 sh_link points to the null section. */
2337 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2338 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2339 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2340 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2341 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2342 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2344 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2349 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2352 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2353 if (target_sect == NULL)
2356 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2357 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2358 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2360 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2362 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2365 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
2370 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2371 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2372 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2373 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2374 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2375 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2376 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2377 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2379 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2380 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2382 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2386 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2387 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2388 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2389 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2392 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2393 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2396 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2397 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2398 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2401 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2402 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2403 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2404 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2411 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2414 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2417 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2419 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2420 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx);
2425 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2426 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2427 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2429 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2432 while (--n_elt != 0)
2436 if (idx->shdr != NULL
2437 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2438 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2440 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2448 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2449 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2450 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2452 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2454 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2458 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2459 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2462 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2464 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2465 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2466 for applications? */
2468 /* xgettext:c-format */
2469 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2470 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2471 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2474 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2475 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2480 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2481 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2482 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2484 /* xgettext:c-format */
2485 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2487 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2488 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2490 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2491 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2492 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2493 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2494 be rejected with an error message. */
2496 /* xgettext:c-format */
2497 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2499 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2502 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2503 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2508 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2510 /* xgettext:c-format */
2511 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2512 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2520 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2521 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2522 if (-- nesting == 0)
2524 sections_being_created = NULL;
2525 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2530 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2533 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2535 unsigned long r_symndx)
2537 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2539 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2541 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2542 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2543 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2545 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2546 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2547 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2550 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2552 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2555 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2558 return &cache->sym[ent];
2561 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2565 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2567 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2569 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2572 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2574 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2575 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2578 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2580 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2581 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2584 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2586 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2587 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2588 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2589 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2590 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2591 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2592 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2593 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2594 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2595 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2597 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2598 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2599 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2602 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2604 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2605 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2606 { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2609 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2616 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2617 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2618 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2619 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2620 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2623 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2625 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2626 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2629 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2634 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2637 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2640 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2643 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2647 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2654 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2657 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2663 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2666 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2671 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2672 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2673 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2674 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2677 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2682 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2685 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2688 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2689 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2690 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2691 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2694 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2696 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2697 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2698 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2700 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2701 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2702 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2703 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2706 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2708 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2710 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2712 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2713 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2714 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2720 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2723 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2724 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2725 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2731 len = strlen (name);
2733 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2736 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2738 if (len < prefix_len)
2740 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2743 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2744 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2746 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2748 if (suffix_len == 0)
2750 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2751 && (suffix_len == -2
2752 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2758 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2760 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2761 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2771 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2772 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2775 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2776 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2778 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2779 if (sec->name == NULL)
2782 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2783 spec = bed->special_sections;
2786 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2787 bed->special_sections,
2793 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2796 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2797 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2800 spec = special_sections[i];
2805 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2809 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2811 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2812 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2813 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2815 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2818 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2822 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2825 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2826 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2827 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2829 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2830 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2831 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2832 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2833 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2834 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2835 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2836 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2837 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2838 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2839 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2841 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2844 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2845 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2846 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2848 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2849 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2853 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2856 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2858 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2859 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2860 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2861 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2863 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2864 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2865 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2866 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2867 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2868 of combined data+bss.
2870 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2871 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2872 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2873 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2874 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2879 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2880 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2882 const char *type_name)
2890 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2891 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2892 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2894 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2896 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2897 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2898 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2901 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2902 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2903 if (newsect == NULL)
2905 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2906 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2907 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2908 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2909 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2910 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2911 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2913 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2914 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2915 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2917 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2919 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2922 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2924 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2928 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2932 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2933 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2934 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2937 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2938 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2939 if (newsect == NULL)
2941 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2942 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2943 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2944 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2945 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2946 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2947 align = hdr->p_align;
2948 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2949 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2951 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2952 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2953 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2954 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2955 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2956 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2957 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2959 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2960 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2961 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2963 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2964 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2971 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2973 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2975 switch (hdr->p_type)
2978 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2981 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2987 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2990 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2992 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2997 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
3000 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
3002 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
3003 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
3007 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
3010 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
3013 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3014 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3015 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
3019 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3023 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
3025 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
3027 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
3028 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
3031 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
3035 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
3036 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
3037 const char *sec_name,
3038 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
3040 char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
3041 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
3045 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
3047 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
3049 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3055 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3056 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3057 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3061 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
3062 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
3063 const char *sec_name,
3064 bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
3065 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
3067 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
3068 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3070 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
3071 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr));
3072 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
3074 if (delay_st_name_p)
3075 rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3076 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
3079 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
3080 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
3081 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
3082 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
3083 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
3084 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3085 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3086 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3087 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3092 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3095 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
3097 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3098 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
3100 return SHT_PROGBITS;
3103 struct fake_section_arg
3105 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
3109 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3112 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
3114 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
3115 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3116 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
3117 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
3118 unsigned int sh_type;
3119 const char *name = asect->name;
3120 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
3124 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3129 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
3133 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3134 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
3135 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
3139 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3141 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
3143 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3144 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3145 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3146 delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
3149 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
3151 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3152 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
3154 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3155 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3159 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
3160 if (new_name == NULL)
3168 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
3170 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3171 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3172 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3173 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3174 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
3175 if (new_name == NULL)
3180 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
3185 if (delay_st_name_p)
3186 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3190 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3192 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3199 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3201 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3202 || asect->user_set_vma)
3203 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
3205 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3207 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3208 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
3209 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3210 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3211 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
3214 /* xgettext:c-format */
3215 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3216 abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect);
3220 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
3221 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3222 copy_private_section_data. */
3224 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
3225 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
3227 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3229 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
3230 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
3232 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
3234 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
3235 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3236 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
3237 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
3238 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3240 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3241 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3242 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3243 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3245 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
3246 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3249 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
3260 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
3261 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
3262 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
3263 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
3267 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
3271 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
3275 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
3279 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
3280 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3284 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
3285 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
3288 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3289 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
3292 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3293 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3294 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3295 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3297 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3298 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
3300 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
3301 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
3304 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3305 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3306 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3307 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3309 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3310 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
3312 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
3313 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
3317 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
3321 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
3325 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3326 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3327 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3328 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
3329 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
3330 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
3331 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
3333 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
3334 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
3336 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
3337 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
3338 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
3339 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3340 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
3342 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
3343 if (asect->size == 0
3344 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3346 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
3348 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3351 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
3352 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
3353 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3357 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3358 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3360 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3361 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3362 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3363 create the other. */
3364 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3366 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3369 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3370 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3371 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
3372 || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3374 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3375 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE,
3381 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3382 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE,
3389 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3391 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3398 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3399 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3400 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3401 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3404 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3406 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3407 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3408 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3412 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3413 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3414 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3415 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3418 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3420 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3421 asection *elt, *first;
3425 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3427 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3431 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3433 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3435 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3437 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3438 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3442 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3443 elf_section_syms. */
3444 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3445 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3447 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3449 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3451 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3452 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3453 set until all local symbols are output. */
3455 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
3456 unsigned long symndx;
3457 unsigned long extsymoff;
3458 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3460 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3461 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3462 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3463 igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3464 sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3465 symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3467 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3469 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3471 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3472 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3474 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3475 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3476 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3477 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3479 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3482 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3484 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3487 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3489 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3490 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3491 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3498 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3500 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3501 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3502 start of the input section group. */
3503 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3505 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3506 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3507 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3508 directives, not that it matters. */
3515 s = s->output_section;
3517 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3519 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3522 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
3524 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3529 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
3532 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3535 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3538 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3544 if (reloc_sec == NULL)
3547 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3548 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3551 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3552 name = reloc_sec->name;
3553 if (type == SHT_REL)
3558 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3559 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3560 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3561 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3562 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3564 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3565 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3567 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3568 if (reloc_sec != NULL)
3573 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3577 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3578 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3579 in here too, while we're at it. */
3582 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3584 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3586 unsigned int section_number;
3587 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3588 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3589 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3593 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3595 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3596 if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
3598 size_t reloc_count = 0;
3600 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3601 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3603 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3605 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3607 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3609 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3610 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3611 abfd->section_count--;
3614 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3617 /* Count relocations. */
3618 reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
3621 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3622 if (reloc_count == 0)
3623 abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
3626 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3628 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3630 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3631 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3632 if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3633 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3636 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3637 if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3638 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3645 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3646 if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3647 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3653 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3654 || (link_info == NULL
3655 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3659 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3660 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3661 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3663 elf_section_list * entry;
3665 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
3667 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
3668 entry->ndx = section_number++;
3669 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
3671 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3672 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3673 if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3676 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3677 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3680 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3681 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3682 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3684 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3686 /* xgettext:c-format */
3687 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3688 abfd, section_number);
3692 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3693 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3695 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3697 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3698 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3699 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3702 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3703 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3704 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3706 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3710 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3712 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3715 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3716 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3718 elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
3719 BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
3720 i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
3721 entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3723 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3724 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3727 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3731 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3733 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3734 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3735 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3736 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3737 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3739 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3741 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3742 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3743 the relocation entries apply. */
3744 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3746 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3747 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3748 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3750 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3752 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3753 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3754 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3757 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3758 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3760 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3763 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3764 if (link_info != NULL)
3766 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3767 if (discarded_section (s))
3771 /* xgettext:c-format */
3772 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3773 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3775 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3776 size as the discarded one. */
3777 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3786 s = s->output_section;
3787 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3791 /* Handle objcopy. */
3792 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3795 /* xgettext:c-format */
3796 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3797 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3798 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3801 s = s->output_section;
3803 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3808 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3809 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3810 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3812 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3813 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3814 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3815 bed->link_order_error_handler
3816 /* xgettext:c-format */
3817 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3822 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3826 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3827 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3828 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3829 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3830 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3831 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3832 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3834 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3836 s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec);
3839 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3840 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3845 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3846 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3847 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3848 field to point to this section. */
3849 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3850 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3855 len = strlen (sec->name);
3856 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3859 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3860 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3861 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3865 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3867 /* This is a .stab section. */
3868 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3869 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3870 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3877 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3878 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3879 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3880 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3882 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3884 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3887 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3888 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3889 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3890 the version strings. */
3891 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3892 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3894 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3899 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3900 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3901 this hash table or version table is for. */
3902 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3904 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3908 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3912 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3913 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3914 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3920 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3922 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3923 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3924 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3925 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3927 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3928 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3929 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3932 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3933 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3934 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3935 the beginning of that array.
3937 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3940 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3941 asymbol **syms, long symcount)
3943 long src_count, dst_count = 0;
3945 for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
3947 asymbol *sym = syms[src_count];
3948 char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
3949 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3951 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3954 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3957 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3959 if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def)
3962 syms[dst_count++] = sym;
3965 syms[dst_count] = NULL;
3970 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3971 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3974 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3976 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3978 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3981 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3982 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3983 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3984 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3985 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3986 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3987 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3988 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3991 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3992 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3995 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3997 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3998 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3999 asymbol **sect_syms;
4000 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
4001 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
4002 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
4003 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
4004 unsigned int max_index = 0;
4010 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4014 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4016 if (max_index < asect->index)
4017 max_index = asect->index;
4021 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
4022 if (sect_syms == NULL)
4024 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
4025 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
4027 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4028 decided to output. */
4029 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4031 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4033 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
4035 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
4036 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4038 asection *sec = sym->section;
4040 if (sec->owner != abfd)
4041 sec = sec->output_section;
4043 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
4047 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4048 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4050 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
4052 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
4056 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4057 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4058 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4059 at least in that case. */
4060 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4062 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4064 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
4071 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4072 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
4073 sizeof (asymbol *));
4075 if (new_syms == NULL)
4078 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4080 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4083 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4084 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4085 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
4090 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4092 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4094 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4096 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
4099 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
4100 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4103 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4105 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4109 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
4111 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
4115 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4116 ELF data structure. */
4118 static inline file_ptr
4119 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
4121 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
4124 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4125 required section alignment. */
4128 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
4132 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
4133 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
4134 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
4135 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
4136 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
4137 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4138 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
4142 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4143 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4144 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4147 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
4148 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4150 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4151 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
4153 struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
4154 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
4155 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
4157 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
4160 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4161 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
4162 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
4164 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
4167 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4168 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
4170 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
4171 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
4172 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
4176 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
4179 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4180 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
4181 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
4182 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
4186 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4187 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
4189 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
4194 if (link_info == NULL)
4196 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
4201 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
4202 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4203 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
4204 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
4205 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
4206 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4207 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4208 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
4209 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
4210 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4211 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
4213 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
4219 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4221 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4223 hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4224 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4226 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
4228 hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
4229 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4230 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4231 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4234 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
4235 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4237 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4239 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4241 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4242 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
4244 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
4247 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
4252 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4253 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4255 static bfd_size_type
4256 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4260 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4262 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4263 and one for data. */
4266 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4267 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4269 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4270 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4271 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4276 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4278 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4282 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4284 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4288 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
4290 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4294 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4296 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4300 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4302 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4303 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4305 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4307 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4308 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4309 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4310 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4311 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4312 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4314 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4315 while (s->next != NULL
4316 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
4317 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4318 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
4323 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4325 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4327 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4333 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4335 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4337 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4338 unsigned int page_align_power = bfd_log2 (bed->commonpagesize);
4339 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4340 if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
4342 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4346 /* xgettext:c-format */
4347 (_("%B: GNU_MBIN section `%A' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4348 abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4351 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4352 if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power)
4353 s->alignment_power = page_align_power;
4358 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4359 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4363 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
4369 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4372 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4375 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
4377 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4378 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4380 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4386 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4387 if (m->sections[i] == section)
4394 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4396 static struct elf_segment_map *
4397 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
4398 asection **sections,
4403 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4408 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4409 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4410 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4414 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
4415 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
4416 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
4417 m->count = to - from;
4419 if (from == 0 && phdr)
4421 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4422 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
4423 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4429 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4432 struct elf_segment_map *
4433 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
4435 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4437 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
4438 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
4442 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
4444 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
4449 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4452 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
4453 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4454 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
4456 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4457 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4459 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4460 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4461 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4462 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4464 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4467 unsigned int i, new_count;
4469 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4471 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4472 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4473 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4475 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4479 (*m)->count = new_count;
4481 if (remove_empty_load
4482 && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD
4484 && !(*m)->includes_phdrs)
4490 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4491 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4493 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4500 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4503 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4506 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4507 asection **sections = NULL;
4508 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4509 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4511 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4514 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4516 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4520 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4521 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4524 unsigned int phdr_index;
4525 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4527 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4528 bfd_boolean writable;
4530 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4531 asection *first_mbind = NULL;
4532 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4534 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4535 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = FALSE;
4537 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4539 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4540 sizeof (asection *));
4541 if (sections == NULL)
4544 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4545 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4547 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4548 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4551 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4553 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4557 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4558 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4559 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4562 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4565 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4567 /* Build the mapping. */
4572 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4573 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4575 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4576 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4578 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4579 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4583 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4584 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4585 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
4586 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4587 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4588 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = TRUE;
4592 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4593 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4597 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4605 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4606 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4607 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4611 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4612 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4613 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4614 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4615 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4618 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4620 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4623 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4624 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4625 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4626 program headers we will need. */
4629 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4631 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4632 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4633 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4634 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4635 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4636 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4637 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4638 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4640 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4641 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4642 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4643 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4644 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4645 force the inclusion if we can... */
4646 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4647 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment)
4648 phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4650 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4654 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4657 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4661 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4664 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4666 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4667 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4668 new_segment = FALSE;
4670 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4672 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4673 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4677 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4678 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4680 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4681 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4684 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4685 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4686 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4687 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4688 section can be included in the current segment. */
4689 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4691 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4694 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4695 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4698 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4699 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
4700 && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4701 || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4702 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))))
4704 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4705 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4706 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4707 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4708 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4709 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4710 in the same segment. */
4713 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4715 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4716 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4717 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4718 new_segment = FALSE;
4721 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
4722 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4723 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4725 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4726 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4727 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4728 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4729 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4730 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4731 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4736 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4737 new_segment = FALSE;
4740 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4741 if (last_hdr != NULL
4743 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4745 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4751 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4754 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4755 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4756 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4757 last_size = hdr->size;
4763 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4764 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4766 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4773 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4779 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4780 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4781 last_size = hdr->size;
4785 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4788 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4790 if (last_hdr != NULL
4791 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4792 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4793 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4795 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4803 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4806 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4813 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4814 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4815 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4816 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4817 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4819 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4821 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4822 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4827 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4828 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4829 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4831 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4832 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4833 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4834 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4840 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4841 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4845 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4849 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4850 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4853 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4854 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4858 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4864 if (first_mbind == NULL
4865 && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
4869 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4872 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4873 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4874 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4879 m->count = tls_count;
4880 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4882 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4884 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4886 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4889 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4892 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4894 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4896 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4900 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4903 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4914 if (first_mbind && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4915 for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4916 if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0
4917 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4918 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM))
4920 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4921 unsigned long p_flags = PF_R;
4922 if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4924 if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4927 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
4928 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4932 m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4933 + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4935 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4937 m->p_flags = p_flags;
4943 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4945 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4946 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4947 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4949 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4950 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4954 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4956 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4962 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4964 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4965 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4969 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4970 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4971 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4972 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4973 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4974 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4976 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4977 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4984 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4986 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4988 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4990 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4991 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4994 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4995 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4996 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4999 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
5004 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5007 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5008 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5012 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
5019 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
5022 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
5025 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5027 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5032 if (sections != NULL)
5037 /* Sort sections by address. */
5040 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5042 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
5043 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
5044 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
5046 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5047 place the section into a segment. */
5048 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5050 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5053 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5054 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5055 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5057 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5060 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5062 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5068 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5069 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5070 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
5071 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5076 else if (TOEND (sec2))
5081 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5082 before others at the same address. */
5084 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
5085 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
5092 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5095 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5097 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5098 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5099 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5100 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5101 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5104 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5105 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5107 /* In other words, something like:
5109 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5110 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5111 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5112 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5114 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5116 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5119 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
5121 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5122 if (maxpagesize == 0)
5124 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
5128 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
5131 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
5136 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
5137 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5138 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
5139 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
5140 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5141 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
5143 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
5144 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
5148 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
5149 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
5150 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
5156 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
5161 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
5163 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
5166 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
5171 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5172 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5176 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5177 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5179 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5180 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5181 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5182 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5184 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
5185 unsigned int pt_load_count = 0;
5188 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
5190 if (link_info == NULL
5191 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
5195 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5199 header_pad = m->header_size;
5204 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5205 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5209 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5210 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
5211 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
5214 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
5216 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
5217 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5219 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
5220 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
5224 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5228 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5229 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5230 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5231 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5232 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5234 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5235 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5236 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5237 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
5239 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
5241 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
5242 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
5243 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
5248 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5249 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
5251 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5252 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5253 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
5259 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
5261 m = m->next, p++, j++)
5265 bfd_boolean no_contents;
5267 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5268 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5269 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5270 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5271 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5273 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
5274 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
5275 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
5278 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5279 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5280 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5281 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5282 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5283 p->p_type = m->p_type;
5284 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
5289 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5291 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
5292 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
5293 else if (m->count == 0)
5296 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5298 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5299 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5301 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5302 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5303 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5304 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5305 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5306 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5307 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5309 if (m->p_align_valid)
5310 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
5312 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
5315 else if (m->p_align_valid)
5316 p->p_align = m->p_align;
5317 else if (m->count == 0)
5318 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5322 no_contents = FALSE;
5324 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5327 bfd_size_type align;
5328 unsigned int align_power = 0;
5330 if (m->p_align_valid)
5334 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5336 unsigned int secalign;
5338 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
5339 if (secalign > align_power)
5340 align_power = secalign;
5342 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
5343 if (align < maxpagesize)
5344 align = maxpagesize;
5347 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5348 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
5349 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5350 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5351 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5352 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
5354 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5357 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5358 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
5360 no_contents = FALSE;
5364 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
5366 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5367 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5369 if (pt_load_count > 1
5370 && bed->no_page_alias
5371 && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0
5372 && (off & -maxpagesize) == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize))
5373 off_adjust += maxpagesize;
5377 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5378 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5379 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5380 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5381 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5382 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5383 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5384 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5389 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5390 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5391 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
5393 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
5396 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5398 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5401 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5402 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
5403 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5404 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
5410 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5412 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5414 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5415 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5418 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off
5419 || (!m->p_paddr_valid
5420 && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off))
5423 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5430 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5435 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5437 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5440 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
5442 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5446 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5447 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5448 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5452 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5453 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5456 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
5457 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
5461 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5462 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
5464 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
5470 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
5472 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5473 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5477 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5478 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5479 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5480 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5481 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5482 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5485 bfd_size_type align;
5486 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5489 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
5490 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
5492 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5493 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5494 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
5495 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
5496 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
5497 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
5499 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
5500 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
5501 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
5502 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
5506 || p_end < p_start))
5509 /* xgettext:c-format */
5510 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
5511 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
5515 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5517 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5519 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
5521 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5522 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5524 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5525 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5529 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5533 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5535 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5539 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5540 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5541 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5547 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5556 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5558 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5559 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5560 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5562 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5563 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5564 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5566 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5567 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5568 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5569 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5570 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5571 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5573 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5575 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5578 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5580 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5581 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5582 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5583 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5584 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5585 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5587 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5589 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5590 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5592 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5594 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5595 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5598 if (align > p->p_align
5599 && !m->p_align_valid
5600 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5601 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5605 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5608 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5610 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5617 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5618 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5619 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5621 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5623 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5624 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5625 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5626 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5627 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5628 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5630 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5635 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5637 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5640 sec = m->sections[i];
5641 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5642 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5643 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5646 /* xgettext:c-format */
5647 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5649 print_segment_map (m);
5655 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5659 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5662 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5663 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5665 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5666 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5667 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5668 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5669 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5670 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5671 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5672 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5673 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5677 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5678 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5679 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5680 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5682 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5685 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5686 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5687 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5688 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5689 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5690 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5692 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5694 /* xgettext:c-format */
5695 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5697 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5699 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5700 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5701 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5702 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5705 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5707 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5710 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5711 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5712 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5713 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5714 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5715 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5716 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5717 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5718 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
5719 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
5720 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5722 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5725 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5726 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5730 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5732 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5733 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5734 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5737 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5740 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5742 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5743 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5745 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5747 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5748 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5749 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5752 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5753 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5758 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5760 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5761 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5762 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5764 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5765 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5766 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5767 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5769 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5770 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5771 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5772 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5775 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5776 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5777 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5779 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5780 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5789 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5790 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5794 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5795 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5798 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5799 hash->def_regular = 1;
5804 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5806 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5808 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5809 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5811 if (link_info != NULL)
5813 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5815 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5817 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5819 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5820 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5822 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5826 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5830 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5831 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5832 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5834 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5835 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5840 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5842 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5843 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5844 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5845 if (link_info != NULL)
5846 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5847 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5848 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5851 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5852 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5853 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5854 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5855 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5857 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5859 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5864 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5865 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5868 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5870 if (m->p_size_valid)
5871 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5873 else if (m->count != 0)
5877 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5878 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5879 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5881 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5882 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5883 if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR)
5889 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5891 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5893 (_("%B: error: non-load segment %d includes file header and/or program header"),
5894 abfd, (int)(p - phdrs));
5899 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5900 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5902 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5903 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5904 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5906 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5913 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5915 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5916 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5917 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5919 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5921 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5922 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5923 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5927 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5932 static elf_section_list *
5933 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
5935 for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
5941 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5942 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5943 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5945 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5946 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5947 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5948 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5949 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5950 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5951 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5953 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5956 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5957 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5959 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5960 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5961 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5963 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5964 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5966 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5967 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5968 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5972 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5973 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5975 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5976 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5977 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5978 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5980 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5983 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5984 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5985 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5986 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5987 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5988 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5989 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5990 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5991 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
5992 || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
5994 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5997 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
6000 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6006 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6007 assignment of sections to segments. */
6008 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6011 /* And for non-load sections. */
6012 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6015 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
6017 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
6021 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6022 if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
6024 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
6025 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
6026 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
6028 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6029 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
6030 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
6031 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
6032 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6034 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6035 segments is non-zero. */
6037 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6040 /* Write out the program headers. */
6041 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
6043 /* Sort the program headers into the ordering required by the ELF standard. */
6047 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6048 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6049 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6050 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6051 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6052 catch all real world use cases.
6054 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6055 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6056 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6057 changed or the programs updated. */
6059 && tdata->phdr[0].p_type == PT_PHDR
6060 && ! bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc)
6061 && tdata->phdr[1].p_type == PT_LOAD
6062 && (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr > tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr
6063 || (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[1].p_memsz)
6064 < (tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[0].p_memsz)))
6066 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6067 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6068 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6069 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6070 %B: error: PHDR segment not covered by LOAD segment"),
6075 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6076 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
6084 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
6086 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6087 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
6088 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6090 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6092 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6093 if (shstrtab == NULL)
6096 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
6098 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
6099 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
6100 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
6101 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
6103 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
6104 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
6105 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
6106 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
6108 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6109 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
6110 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
6111 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6112 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
6113 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
6115 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
6117 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
6119 case bfd_arch_unknown:
6120 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
6123 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6124 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6125 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6126 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6127 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6128 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6129 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6130 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6132 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
6135 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
6136 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6138 /* No program header, for now. */
6139 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6140 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6141 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
6143 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6144 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
6145 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
6147 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6148 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
6149 /* It all happens later. */
6153 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6154 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6157 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
6158 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
6159 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
6160 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
6161 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
6162 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
6163 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6164 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6165 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
6171 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6172 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6175 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
6178 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
6179 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
6180 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
6181 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6183 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
6185 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6186 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
6187 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
6190 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
6192 asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
6193 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
6194 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
6196 || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
6200 const char *name = sec->name;
6201 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
6203 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6204 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
6208 if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6209 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
6211 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6212 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6214 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
6215 if (new_name == NULL)
6219 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6220 if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
6223 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6225 d = elf_section_data (sec);
6227 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6229 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6234 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6239 /* Update section size and contents. */
6240 shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
6241 shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
6242 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
6244 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
6251 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6253 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6254 shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
6255 shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6256 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
6258 /* Place the section headers. */
6259 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6260 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6261 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
6262 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
6263 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
6264 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6270 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
6272 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6273 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
6275 unsigned int count, num_sec;
6276 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
6278 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6279 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6282 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6285 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
6289 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
6292 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6293 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6294 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
6296 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
6297 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6298 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
6299 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
6300 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
6301 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
6303 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
6305 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6306 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
6311 /* Write out the section header names. */
6312 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
6313 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
6314 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6315 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
6318 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
6319 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
6321 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
6324 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6325 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
6326 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
6332 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
6334 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6335 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
6338 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6341 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
6343 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6344 unsigned int sec_index;
6346 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
6347 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
6348 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
6350 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
6351 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
6352 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
6353 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
6354 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
6355 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
6357 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
6359 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6360 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
6362 int retval = sec_index;
6364 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
6368 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
6369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
6374 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6378 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
6380 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
6382 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
6384 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6385 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6386 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6387 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6388 input sections rather than the output section. */
6389 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
6390 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6391 && asym_ptr->section)
6396 sec = asym_ptr->section;
6397 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
6398 sec = sec->output_section;
6399 if (sec->owner == abfd
6400 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
6401 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
6402 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
6405 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
6409 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6410 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6412 /* xgettext:c-format */
6413 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6414 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
6415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
6422 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6423 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
6431 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6434 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6436 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6437 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6438 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6439 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6440 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6443 unsigned int num_segments;
6444 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6445 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6446 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
6447 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
6448 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
6449 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6451 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6452 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6455 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6457 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6458 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
6460 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6461 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6462 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6463 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6465 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6466 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6467 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6468 ? section->size : 0)
6470 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6471 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6472 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6473 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6474 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6475 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6477 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6478 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6479 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6480 (section->lma >= base \
6481 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6482 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6484 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6485 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6486 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6487 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6488 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6489 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6490 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6492 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6494 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6496 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6500 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6501 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6502 p_memsz set to 0. */
6503 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6505 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6506 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6507 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6508 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6510 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6511 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6512 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6514 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6515 A section will be included if:
6516 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6517 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6518 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6520 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6521 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6522 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6523 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6524 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6525 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6526 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6527 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6528 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6529 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6530 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6531 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6532 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6533 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6534 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6535 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6536 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6537 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6538 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6539 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6540 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6541 || (segment->p_paddr \
6542 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6543 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6544 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6546 && !section->segment_mark)
6548 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6549 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6550 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6551 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6552 && section->output_section != NULL)
6554 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6555 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6556 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6558 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6559 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6560 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6561 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6562 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6564 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6565 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6566 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6567 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6568 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6570 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6571 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6572 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6574 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6575 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6576 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6577 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6578 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6579 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6582 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6584 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6588 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6589 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6590 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6591 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6592 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6597 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
6599 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
6600 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
6601 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
6603 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6604 assignment code will work. */
6605 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
6609 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6611 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6612 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6613 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6617 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6618 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
6620 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
6622 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
6623 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6626 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6627 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6629 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6631 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6632 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6634 if (extra_length > 0)
6636 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6637 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6640 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6642 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6644 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6649 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6651 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6652 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6654 if (extra_length > 0)
6656 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6657 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6660 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6665 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6666 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6670 unsigned int section_count;
6671 asection **sections;
6672 asection *output_section;
6674 bfd_vma matching_lma;
6675 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
6678 asection *first_section;
6679 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
6680 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
6682 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6685 first_section = NULL;
6686 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6687 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6689 section = section->next)
6691 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6692 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6693 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6695 if (first_section == NULL)
6696 first_section = section;
6697 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6702 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6703 all of the sections we have selected. */
6704 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6705 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6706 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6710 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6711 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6713 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6714 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6715 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6717 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6718 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6720 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6722 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6723 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6726 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6727 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6728 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6729 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6730 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6732 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6734 map->includes_phdrs =
6735 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6736 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6737 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6738 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6740 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6741 phdr_included = TRUE;
6744 if (section_count == 0)
6746 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6747 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6748 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6749 a warning is produced.
6750 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6751 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6752 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6753 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6754 && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0))
6755 /* xgettext:c-format */
6756 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6757 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected at vaddr=0x%.8x, is this intentional ?"),
6758 ibfd, segment->p_vaddr);
6761 *pointer_to_map = map;
6762 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6767 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6768 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6769 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6770 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6772 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6773 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6776 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6777 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6778 of the first section.
6780 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6781 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6782 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6783 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6784 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6786 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6787 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6788 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6789 or segments to contain the other sections.
6791 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6792 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6793 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6795 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6796 if (sections == NULL)
6799 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6800 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6801 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6802 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6803 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6808 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
6809 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6811 for (section = first_section, j = 0;
6813 section = section->next)
6815 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6817 output_section = section->output_section;
6819 sections[j++] = section;
6821 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6822 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6823 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6824 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6826 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6827 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6829 && output_section->lma != 0
6830 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
6831 + (map->includes_filehdr
6834 + (map->includes_phdrs
6836 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6838 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6840 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6841 LMA address of the output section. */
6842 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6843 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6844 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6845 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6847 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
6849 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
6850 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
6853 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6854 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6856 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6858 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6860 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6861 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6864 if (j == section_count)
6869 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6871 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6873 if (isec == section_count)
6875 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6876 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6877 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6878 program header in the input BFD. */
6879 map->count = section_count;
6880 *pointer_to_map = map;
6881 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6884 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6885 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
6886 && !map->includes_filehdr
6887 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6888 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6889 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6891 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
6898 if (!first_matching_lma)
6900 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6901 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6902 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6903 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
6907 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6908 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6909 the LMA of the first section. */
6910 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6913 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6914 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6915 if (map->includes_filehdr)
6917 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
6918 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
6921 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
6922 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6926 if (map->includes_phdrs)
6928 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6930 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6932 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6933 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6934 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6935 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6936 offset when we know the correct value. */
6937 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
6938 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6941 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6945 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6946 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6947 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6948 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6949 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6950 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6957 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6959 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6960 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6962 section = sections[j];
6964 if (section == NULL)
6967 output_section = section->output_section;
6969 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6971 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6972 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6974 if (map->count == 0)
6976 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6977 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6979 if (output_section->lma
6981 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6982 + (map->includes_phdrs
6983 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6991 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6993 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6994 and the start of this section is more than
6995 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6996 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6998 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6999 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
7000 > output_section->lma))
7002 if (first_suggested_lma)
7004 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7005 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7012 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
7015 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
7017 else if (first_suggested_lma)
7019 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
7020 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
7024 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
7026 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7027 *pointer_to_map = map;
7028 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7030 if (isec < section_count)
7032 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7033 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7034 and carry on looping. */
7035 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7036 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7037 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7044 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7045 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7046 not yet been assigned. */
7048 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7049 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7050 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7051 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
7052 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7053 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
7054 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7057 while (isec < section_count);
7062 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7064 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7065 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7066 the offset if necessary. */
7067 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
7071 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
7074 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
7075 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
7076 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
7081 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7082 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7084 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7085 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7086 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7087 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7088 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7089 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7093 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7096 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7098 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
7099 struct elf_segment_map *map;
7100 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
7101 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
7102 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7104 unsigned int num_segments;
7105 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
7106 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
7108 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
7111 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
7113 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7114 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7115 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7116 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7117 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7120 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
7122 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
7126 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7131 unsigned int section_count;
7133 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7134 asection *first_section = NULL;
7135 asection *lowest_section;
7137 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7138 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
7140 section = section->next)
7142 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7143 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7145 if (first_section == NULL)
7146 first_section = section;
7151 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7152 all of the sections we have selected. */
7153 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7154 if (section_count != 0)
7155 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7156 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7160 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7163 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7164 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7165 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7166 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
7167 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7168 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
7169 map->p_align_valid = 1;
7170 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
7172 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
7173 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
7175 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7176 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7177 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7178 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7179 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7181 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
7182 map->p_size_valid = 1;
7185 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7186 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7187 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
7188 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
7190 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7191 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
7193 map->includes_phdrs =
7194 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7195 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
7196 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7197 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
7199 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
7200 phdr_included = TRUE;
7203 lowest_section = NULL;
7204 if (section_count != 0)
7206 unsigned int isec = 0;
7208 for (section = first_section;
7210 section = section->next)
7212 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7213 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7215 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
7216 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7220 if (lowest_section == NULL
7221 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
7222 lowest_section = section;
7224 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7225 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7226 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7227 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7229 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7230 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
7232 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
7233 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
7234 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7236 if (isec == section_count)
7242 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
7243 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7244 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
7246 if (!map->includes_phdrs
7247 && !map->includes_filehdr
7248 && map->p_paddr_valid)
7249 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7250 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
7251 - segment->p_paddr);
7253 map->count = section_count;
7254 *pointer_to_map = map;
7255 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7258 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7262 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7266 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7268 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7269 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7272 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
7275 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7277 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7278 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7279 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7280 asection *section, *osec;
7281 unsigned int i, num_segments;
7282 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7283 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7285 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
7287 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7288 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
7291 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7292 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7293 section = section->next)
7294 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7296 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7297 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7301 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7302 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7303 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7304 map in this case. */
7305 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
7306 && segment->p_memsz == 0
7307 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
7310 for (section = ibfd->sections;
7311 section != NULL; section = section->next)
7313 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7314 from the input BFD. */
7315 osec = section->output_section;
7317 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
7319 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7320 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7321 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7323 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7324 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7326 || section->flags != osec->flags
7327 || section->lma != osec->lma
7328 || section->vma != osec->vma
7329 || section->size != osec->size
7330 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
7331 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
7337 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7339 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7340 section = section->next)
7342 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
7345 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7348 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7352 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7354 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7355 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7356 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7358 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7359 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
7361 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7364 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
7365 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
7367 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7368 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
7369 /* xgettext:c-format */
7370 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7371 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7372 ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align);
7374 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
7377 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
7378 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
7381 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7384 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7387 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7391 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
7394 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7395 bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
7396 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
7398 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7399 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7402 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
7404 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7405 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7406 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7407 that the linker clears to differ. */
7408 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
7409 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
7411 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
7412 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
7413 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
7415 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7416 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7417 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
7419 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7420 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
7421 elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info
7422 = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info;
7424 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7425 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7426 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7427 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7430 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
7431 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
7433 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
7434 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
7435 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7436 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
7439 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7440 if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
7441 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7445 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7447 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7448 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7449 may be NULL at this point. */
7450 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
7452 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7453 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
7454 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
7457 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
7462 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7463 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7466 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7471 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7473 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7474 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7477 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7478 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7480 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
7482 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
7483 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
7484 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
7485 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
7486 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
7488 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
7492 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7493 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7494 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7495 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7496 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7500 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
7504 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
7505 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
7507 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7508 asection *s = first;
7509 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
7513 /* If this member section is being output but the
7514 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7515 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7516 if (s->output_section != discarded
7517 && isec->output_section == discarded)
7519 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
7520 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
7522 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7523 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7524 else if (s->output_section == discarded
7525 && isec->output_section != discarded)
7527 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
7533 if (discarded != NULL)
7535 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7536 adjust the input section size. This function may
7537 be called multiple times, so save the original
7539 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
7540 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
7541 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
7545 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7547 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
7555 /* Copy private header information. */
7558 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7560 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7561 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7564 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7565 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7566 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7567 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7568 already been worked out. */
7569 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
7571 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
7575 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
7578 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7579 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7580 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7581 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7582 swap_out_syms function. */
7584 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7585 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7586 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7587 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7588 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7591 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
7596 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
7598 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7599 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7602 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
7603 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
7606 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
7608 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
7612 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7613 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
7614 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
7615 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
7616 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
7617 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
7619 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
7620 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
7621 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
7622 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
7623 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7629 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7632 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7633 struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
7636 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7639 struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
7640 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7641 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7642 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7643 struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
7644 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7645 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7646 unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
7647 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
7649 unsigned int num_locals;
7651 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7653 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7656 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7657 stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7661 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7662 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7663 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7664 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7665 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7666 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7667 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7668 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7670 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7671 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7673 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7674 symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
7675 * sizeof (*symstrtab));
7676 if (symstrtab == NULL)
7678 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7682 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7683 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7684 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7687 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7691 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7692 outbound_syms_index = 0;
7694 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7695 outbound_shndx_index = 0;
7697 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7699 symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
7700 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7702 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7703 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7704 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7705 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7708 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7709 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7710 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7711 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7712 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7714 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7717 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7719 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7720 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7726 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7727 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7728 symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
7729 symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7730 symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7731 outbound_syms_index++;
7732 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7733 outbound_shndx_index++;
7737 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7738 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7740 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7741 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
7743 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7744 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7745 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7746 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7749 if (!name_local_sections
7750 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7752 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7753 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
7757 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7758 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7760 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
7762 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7766 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7768 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7769 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7771 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7772 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7773 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7774 sym.st_size = value;
7775 if (type_ptr == NULL
7776 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7777 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7779 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7780 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7781 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7785 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7788 if (sec->output_section)
7790 value += sec->output_offset;
7791 sec = sec->output_section;
7794 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7795 if (! relocatable_p)
7797 sym.st_value = value;
7798 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7800 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7802 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7804 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7805 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7806 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7807 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7811 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7814 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7817 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7820 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7823 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7824 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
7833 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7835 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7839 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7840 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7841 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7842 demand of applications. For example, it
7843 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7844 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7845 actually in the output file. */
7846 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7848 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7849 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7851 /* xgettext:c-format */
7852 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7853 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7854 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7856 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7862 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7865 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7867 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7868 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7869 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7871 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7873 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7875 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7880 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7883 /* Processor-specific types. */
7884 if (type_ptr != NULL
7885 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7886 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7887 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7889 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7891 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7892 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
7894 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
7896 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7898 if (type != STT_TLS)
7900 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
7901 type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
7902 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7904 type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
7905 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7907 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
7909 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
7910 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
7914 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
7915 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
7918 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
7920 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
7922 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
7923 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
7924 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
7926 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7929 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
7932 if (type_ptr != NULL)
7934 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
7935 sym.st_target_internal
7936 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
7941 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7945 symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
7946 symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7947 symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7949 outbound_syms_index++;
7950 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7951 outbound_shndx_index++;
7954 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7955 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
7957 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7958 for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
7960 struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
7961 if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7962 elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
7964 elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
7965 elfsym->sym.st_name);
7966 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
7968 + (elfsym->dest_index
7969 * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
7971 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
7972 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
7977 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
7978 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7979 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
7980 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
7981 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7982 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
7983 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
7984 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
7989 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7991 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7992 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7993 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7996 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8000 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8002 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8003 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8005 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8011 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8015 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
8017 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8019 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8023 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8024 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8026 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8032 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8035 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
8038 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8041 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8048 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8050 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
8053 tblptr = section->relocation;
8054 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
8055 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
8059 return section->reloc_count;
8063 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
8065 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8066 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
8069 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8074 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8075 asymbol **allocation)
8077 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8078 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
8081 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8085 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8086 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8087 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8088 dynamic reloc section. */
8091 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8096 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8098 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8102 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
8103 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8104 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8105 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8106 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8107 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
8108 * sizeof (arelent *));
8113 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8114 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8115 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8116 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8117 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8118 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8119 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8122 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8126 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8130 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8132 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8136 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8138 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8140 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8141 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8142 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8147 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
8149 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
8151 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
8162 /* Read in the version information. */
8165 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
8167 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8168 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
8170 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
8172 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8173 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
8174 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
8176 bfd_byte *contents_end;
8178 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
8180 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
8182 error_return_bad_verref:
8184 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
8185 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8186 error_return_verref:
8187 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
8188 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
8192 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8193 if (contents == NULL)
8194 goto error_return_verref;
8196 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8197 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8198 goto error_return_verref;
8200 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
8201 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
8203 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
8204 goto error_return_verref;
8206 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
8207 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
8208 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
8209 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
8210 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
8211 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
8213 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
8214 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
8217 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
8219 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
8221 iverneed->vn_filename =
8222 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8224 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
8225 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8227 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
8228 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
8231 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
8232 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
8233 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
8234 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
8235 goto error_return_verref;
8238 if (iverneed->vn_aux
8239 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8240 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8242 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8243 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
8244 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
8245 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
8247 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
8249 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
8250 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8251 ivernaux->vna_name);
8252 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
8253 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8255 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
8256 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
8258 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
8259 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
8261 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
8264 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
8265 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
8267 if (ivernaux->vna_next
8268 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
8269 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8271 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8272 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
8275 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
8276 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
8278 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
8279 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
8281 if (iverneed->vn_next
8282 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8283 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8285 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
8286 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
8288 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
8294 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
8296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8297 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
8298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8299 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
8300 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
8302 unsigned int maxidx;
8303 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
8305 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
8307 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
8309 error_return_bad_verdef:
8311 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
8312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8313 error_return_verdef:
8314 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
8315 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
8319 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8320 if (contents == NULL)
8321 goto error_return_verdef;
8322 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8323 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8324 goto error_return_verdef;
8326 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
8327 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
8328 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
8329 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
8330 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
8331 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
8333 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8334 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8336 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8338 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
8340 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8342 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
8343 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8344 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
8345 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
8347 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
8350 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
8351 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8352 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8354 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8355 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
8358 if (default_imported_symver)
8360 if (freeidx > maxidx)
8366 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8367 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8368 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8369 goto error_return_verdef;
8371 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
8373 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8374 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
8375 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
8377 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
8378 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8381 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8383 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
8384 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8386 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
8387 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
8389 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8391 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
8392 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
8395 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8396 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
8397 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
8398 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8399 goto error_return_verdef;
8403 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8404 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8406 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8407 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
8408 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8409 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
8411 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
8413 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
8414 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8415 iverdaux->vda_name);
8416 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
8417 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8419 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
8420 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
8422 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
8425 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
8426 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
8428 if (iverdaux->vda_next
8429 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
8430 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8432 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8433 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
8436 iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
8437 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
8438 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
8440 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8441 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
8443 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
8444 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
8446 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8447 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
8453 else if (default_imported_symver)
8460 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8461 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8462 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8465 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
8468 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8469 if (default_imported_symver)
8471 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8472 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8474 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
8476 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
8477 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
8478 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
8479 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
8481 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8483 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
8484 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
8485 goto error_return_verdef;
8486 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8487 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8488 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
8489 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8490 goto error_return_verdef;
8492 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8493 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
8499 if (contents != NULL)
8505 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
8507 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
8509 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
8512 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
8513 return &newsym->symbol;
8517 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8521 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
8524 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8525 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8529 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8532 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8533 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
8536 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8537 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8538 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
8541 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8542 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8543 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8544 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8545 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8546 we treat such symbols as local. */
8547 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
8550 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8551 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8552 These labels have the form:
8554 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8556 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8558 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8559 so we only need to match the rest. */
8560 if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
8562 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
8566 for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
8568 if (c == 1 || c == 2)
8570 if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
8571 /* A fake symbol. */
8574 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8575 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8576 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8577 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8578 other than some kind of local ? */
8595 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8596 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8603 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
8604 enum bfd_architecture arch,
8605 unsigned long machine)
8607 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8608 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8609 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
8610 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
8611 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
8614 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
8617 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8618 for error reporting. */
8621 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
8625 const char **filename_ptr,
8626 const char **functionname_ptr,
8627 unsigned int *line_ptr,
8628 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
8632 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
8633 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8634 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
8635 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8636 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
8637 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8638 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8641 if (!*functionname_ptr)
8642 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8643 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
8648 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8649 &found, filename_ptr,
8650 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8651 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
8653 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
8656 if (symbols == NULL)
8659 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8660 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
8667 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8670 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
8671 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
8673 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
8674 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
8675 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8676 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8679 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8680 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8681 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8682 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8683 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8686 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
8687 const char **filename_ptr,
8688 const char **functionname_ptr,
8689 unsigned int *line_ptr)
8692 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
8693 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8694 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8699 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8701 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8702 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
8704 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8706 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
8708 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
8710 struct elf_segment_map *m;
8713 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
8714 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
8717 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8720 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8728 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8730 const void *location,
8732 bfd_size_type count)
8734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8737 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8738 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8744 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8745 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8747 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8748 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8749 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8750 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8751 || contents == NULL)
8753 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8756 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8757 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8758 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8765 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8766 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8767 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8772 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8775 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8777 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8779 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8781 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8782 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8784 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8785 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8787 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8789 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8792 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8795 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8798 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8801 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8804 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8807 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8813 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8815 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8817 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8818 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8820 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8825 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8831 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8834 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8837 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8840 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8843 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8849 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8853 areloc->howto = howto;
8862 /* xgettext:c-format */
8863 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8864 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8865 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8870 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8872 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8873 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8875 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8876 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8877 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8880 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8883 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8884 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8885 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8888 bfd_reloc_status_type
8889 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8890 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8891 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8892 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8893 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8895 return bfd_reloc_ok;
8898 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8899 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8900 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8901 out details about the corefile. */
8903 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8904 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8905 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8906 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8909 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8910 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8913 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
8917 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
8919 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
8924 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8925 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8926 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8930 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
8934 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
8937 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
8941 sect2->size = sect->size;
8942 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
8943 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
8947 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8948 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8949 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8950 such a section already exists.
8951 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8952 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8953 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8955 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8961 char *threaded_name;
8965 /* Build the section name. */
8967 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8968 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8969 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8970 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8972 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8974 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8979 sect->filepos = filepos;
8980 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8982 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
8985 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8987 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8991 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8994 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8999 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
9003 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9004 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
9005 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9007 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9008 has already been set by another thread. */
9009 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9010 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9011 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9012 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9014 /* pr_who exists on:
9017 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9020 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9021 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9023 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9026 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9027 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
9029 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9030 prstatus32_t prstat;
9032 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9033 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
9034 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9036 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9037 has already been set by another thread. */
9038 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9039 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9040 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9041 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9043 /* pr_who exists on:
9046 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9049 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9050 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9052 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9055 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9058 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9059 note size (ie. data object type). */
9063 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9064 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9065 size, note->descpos + offset);
9067 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9069 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9071 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9073 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9075 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
9076 note->descsz, note->descpos);
9079 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9080 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9081 data structure apart. */
9084 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9086 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9089 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9090 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9094 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9096 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9099 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9100 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9101 contents literally. */
9104 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9106 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
9110 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9112 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
9116 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
9122 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9124 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
9128 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9130 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
9134 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9136 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
9140 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9142 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
9146 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9148 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
9152 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9154 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
9158 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9160 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
9164 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9166 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
9170 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9172 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
9176 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9178 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
9182 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9184 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
9188 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9190 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
9194 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9196 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
9200 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9202 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
9206 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9208 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
9211 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9212 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9213 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9214 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9218 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9219 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9220 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9221 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9225 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9226 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9227 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9230 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
9233 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
9241 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
9245 memcpy (dups, start, len);
9251 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9253 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9255 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
9257 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
9259 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9261 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9262 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9264 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9265 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9266 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9268 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9269 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9270 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9272 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9273 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
9275 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9276 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
9278 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9280 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9281 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9283 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9284 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9285 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9287 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9288 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9289 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9295 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9296 note size (ie. data object type). */
9300 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9301 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9302 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9305 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
9306 int n = strlen (command);
9308 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
9309 command[n - 1] = '\0';
9314 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9316 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9318 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9320 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
9321 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9322 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
9328 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9330 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9332 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9333 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
9335 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9338 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9340 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9343 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9344 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9345 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9349 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9351 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9353 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9355 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9361 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
9362 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9363 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
9368 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
9370 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
9371 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9373 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9374 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
9376 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9378 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9379 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9380 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9383 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9385 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9389 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9390 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9391 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9392 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9395 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9396 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
9397 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
9400 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9402 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9405 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9407 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9408 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9409 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9412 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9414 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9418 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9419 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9420 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9421 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9424 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9425 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
9426 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
9429 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9431 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
9433 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9436 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9443 int is_active_thread;
9446 if (note->descsz < 728)
9449 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
9452 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
9456 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9457 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9458 /* process_info.pid */
9459 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9460 /* process_info.signal */
9461 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
9464 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9465 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9466 /* thread_info.tid */
9467 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
9469 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9470 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9474 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9476 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9480 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9482 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9483 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
9484 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9486 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9487 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9489 if (is_active_thread)
9490 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9494 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9495 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9496 /* module_info.base_address */
9497 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
9498 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
9500 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9501 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9505 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9507 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9512 sect->size = note->descsz;
9513 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9514 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9525 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9527 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9535 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
9536 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
9538 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9539 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
9544 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9546 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
9549 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9551 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
9554 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9555 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9557 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
9558 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
9560 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
9561 if (note->namesz == 6
9562 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9563 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
9567 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9568 if (note->namesz == 6
9569 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9570 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9575 if (note->namesz == 6
9576 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9577 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
9582 if (note->namesz == 6
9583 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9584 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
9588 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
9589 if (note->namesz == 6
9590 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9591 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
9596 if (note->namesz == 6
9597 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9598 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
9602 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
9603 if (note->namesz == 6
9604 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9605 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
9609 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
9610 if (note->namesz == 6
9611 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9612 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
9617 if (note->namesz == 6
9618 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9619 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
9623 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
9624 if (note->namesz == 6
9625 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9626 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
9630 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
9631 if (note->namesz == 6
9632 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9633 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
9637 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
9638 if (note->namesz == 6
9639 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9640 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
9645 if (note->namesz == 6
9646 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9647 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
9651 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
9652 if (note->namesz == 6
9653 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9654 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
9658 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
9659 if (note->namesz == 6
9660 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9661 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
9666 if (note->namesz == 6
9667 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9668 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
9673 if (note->namesz == 6
9674 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9675 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
9679 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
9680 if (note->namesz == 6
9681 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9682 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
9686 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
9687 if (note->namesz == 6
9688 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9689 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
9695 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
9696 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
9698 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9699 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
9706 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9711 sect->size = note->descsz;
9712 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9713 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9730 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9732 struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
9734 if (note->descsz == 0)
9737 build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9738 if (build_id == NULL)
9741 build_id->size = note->descsz;
9742 memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9743 abfd->build_id = build_id;
9749 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9756 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0:
9757 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note);
9759 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9760 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9765 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9767 struct sdt_note *cur =
9768 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9771 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9772 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9773 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9775 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9781 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9786 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9794 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9798 switch (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word)
9801 if (note->descsz < 108)
9806 if (note->descsz < 120)
9814 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9815 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9819 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9820 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32)
9824 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9828 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9829 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9830 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17);
9833 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9834 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9835 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81);
9838 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9841 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9842 if (note->descsz < offset + 4)
9845 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9846 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9852 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9857 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9858 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9862 /* Skip over pr_statussz. */
9863 switch (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word)
9870 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_statussz. */
9878 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
9879 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32)
9880 size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9882 size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9884 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
9885 offset += (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word / 8) * 2;
9887 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
9890 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
9891 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9892 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9893 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9896 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
9897 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
9898 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9901 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
9902 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
9905 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9906 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9907 size, note->descpos + offset);
9911 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9916 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note);
9919 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9922 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note);
9924 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
9925 if (note->namesz == 8)
9926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
9930 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV:
9932 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9937 sect->size = note->descsz - 4;
9938 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 4;
9939 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9945 if (note->namesz == 8)
9946 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9956 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
9960 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
9963 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
9970 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9972 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9973 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9974 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9976 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9977 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9978 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
9980 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9981 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9982 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
9984 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9989 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9993 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
9994 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
9996 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
9998 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9999 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10000 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10001 creates a core file. */
10003 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10006 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10007 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10008 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10011 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
10015 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
10017 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10018 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10020 case bfd_arch_alpha:
10021 case bfd_arch_sparc:
10022 switch (note->type)
10024 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
10025 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10027 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
10028 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10034 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10035 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10038 switch (note->type)
10040 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
10041 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10043 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
10044 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10054 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10056 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10057 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10058 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10060 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10061 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10062 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
10064 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10065 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10066 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
10072 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10074 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
10075 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10077 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
10078 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10080 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
10081 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10083 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
10084 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
10086 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
10088 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10093 sect->size = note->descsz;
10094 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10095 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10100 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
10102 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
10107 sect->size = note->descsz;
10108 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10109 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10118 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
10120 void *ddata = note->descdata;
10127 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10128 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
10130 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10131 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
10133 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10134 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
10136 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10137 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
10139 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
10140 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10143 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10144 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10145 thread just in case. */
10146 if (flags & 0x00000080)
10147 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10149 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10150 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
10152 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10155 strcpy (name, buf);
10157 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10161 sect->size = note->descsz;
10162 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10163 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10165 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
10169 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
10170 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
10178 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10179 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
10181 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10184 strcpy (name, buf);
10186 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10190 sect->size = note->descsz;
10191 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10192 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10194 /* This is the current thread. */
10195 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
10196 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
10201 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10202 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10203 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10204 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10207 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10209 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10210 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10212 static long tid = 1;
10214 switch (note->type)
10216 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
10217 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
10218 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
10219 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
10220 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
10221 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
10222 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
10223 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
10230 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10236 /* Use note name as section name. */
10237 len = note->namesz;
10238 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
10241 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
10242 name[len - 1] = '\0';
10244 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10248 sect->size = note->descsz;
10249 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10250 sect->alignment_power = 1;
10255 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10258 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10262 size of data for note
10264 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10265 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10266 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10267 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10270 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10273 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
10281 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
10288 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
10290 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
10292 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
10295 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
10296 *bufsiz += newspace;
10297 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
10298 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
10299 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
10300 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
10304 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
10312 memcpy (dest, input, size);
10323 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
10327 const char *psargs)
10329 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10331 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10334 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10335 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
10340 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10341 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10342 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10344 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10346 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10349 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10352 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10353 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10354 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10356 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10361 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10363 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10366 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10369 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10370 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10371 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10372 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10373 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10375 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10382 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10383 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10384 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10386 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
10388 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10389 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10390 &data, sizeof (data));
10394 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10395 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10396 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10398 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
10400 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10401 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10402 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10406 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
10413 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10415 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10418 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10420 pid, cursig, gregs);
10425 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10426 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10427 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10429 prstatus32_t prstat;
10431 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10432 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10433 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10434 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10435 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10436 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10443 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10444 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10445 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10446 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10447 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10448 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10450 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10456 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10458 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
10465 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
10466 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10468 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
10469 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
10470 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10471 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10472 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
10473 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10474 #if !defined(gregs)
10475 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
10476 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
10478 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
10479 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
10482 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10483 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
10485 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10487 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10489 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
10493 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10494 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10496 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10497 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10498 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10500 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10504 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10505 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10506 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10507 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10515 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10516 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10517 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10518 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10522 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10525 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10528 const void *fpregs,
10531 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10532 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10533 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
10537 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10540 const void *xfpregs,
10543 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10544 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10545 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
10549 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10550 const void *xfpregs, int size)
10553 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
10554 note_name = "FreeBSD";
10556 note_name = "LINUX";
10557 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10558 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
10562 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
10565 const void *ppc_vmx,
10568 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10569 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10570 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
10574 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
10577 const void *ppc_vsx,
10580 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10581 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10582 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
10586 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
10589 const void *s390_high_gprs,
10592 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10593 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10594 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
10595 s390_high_gprs, size);
10599 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
10602 const void *s390_timer,
10605 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10606 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10607 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
10611 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
10614 const void *s390_todcmp,
10617 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10618 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10619 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
10623 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
10626 const void *s390_todpreg,
10629 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10630 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10631 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
10635 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
10638 const void *s390_ctrs,
10641 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10642 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10643 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
10647 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
10650 const void *s390_prefix,
10653 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10654 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10655 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
10659 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
10662 const void *s390_last_break,
10665 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10666 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10667 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
10668 s390_last_break, size);
10672 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
10675 const void *s390_system_call,
10678 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10679 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10680 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
10681 s390_system_call, size);
10685 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
10688 const void *s390_tdb,
10691 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10692 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10693 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
10697 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
10700 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
10703 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10704 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10705 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
10709 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
10712 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
10715 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10716 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10717 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
10718 s390_vxrs_high, size);
10722 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
10725 const void *arm_vfp,
10728 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10729 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10730 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
10734 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
10737 const void *aarch_tls,
10740 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10741 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10742 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
10746 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
10749 const void *aarch_hw_break,
10752 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10753 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10754 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
10758 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
10761 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
10764 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10765 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10766 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
10770 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
10773 const char *section,
10777 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
10778 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10779 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10780 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10781 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10782 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10783 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10784 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10785 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10786 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10787 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10788 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10789 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10790 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10791 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10792 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10793 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10794 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10795 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10796 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10797 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10798 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10799 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10800 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10801 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10802 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10803 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10804 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10805 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10806 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10807 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10808 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10809 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10810 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10811 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10812 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10813 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10814 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10815 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10816 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10821 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
10826 while (p < buf + size)
10828 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10829 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
10830 Elf_Internal_Note in;
10832 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
10835 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
10837 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
10838 in.namedata = xnp->name;
10839 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
10842 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
10843 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
10844 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
10846 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
10847 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
10850 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
10857 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10860 const char * string;
10862 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
10866 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
10867 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note),
10868 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
10869 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
10870 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
10871 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
10873 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10876 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
10878 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
10879 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
10880 grokers[i].len) == 0)
10882 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
10891 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
10893 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
10896 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
10897 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
10899 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
10905 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
10912 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
10919 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
10922 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
10926 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10927 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10930 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
10931 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
10941 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10943 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10944 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10945 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10948 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
10950 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10956 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
10959 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10960 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10961 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10962 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10964 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10965 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10968 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
10972 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10978 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
10979 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
10980 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
10985 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10986 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10987 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10988 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10990 return reloc_class_normal;
10993 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10994 relocation against a local symbol. */
10997 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
10998 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11000 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
11002 asection *sec = *psec;
11003 bfd_vma relocation;
11005 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
11006 + sec->output_offset
11008 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
11009 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
11010 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11013 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11014 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11015 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
11018 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11019 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11020 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11021 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11022 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11023 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
11024 sec->kept_section = *psec;
11027 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
11028 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
11034 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11035 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11039 asection *sec = *psec;
11041 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11042 return sym->st_value + addend;
11044 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11045 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11046 sym->st_value + addend);
11049 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11050 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11051 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11052 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11056 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
11057 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11061 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
11063 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
11064 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11066 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
11067 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
11070 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
11072 /* Reverse the offset. */
11073 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11074 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
11076 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11077 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11078 offset = (sec->size - address_size) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) - offset;
11084 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11085 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11086 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11087 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11088 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11089 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11091 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11092 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11093 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11094 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11095 the remote memory. */
11098 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11101 bfd_size_type size,
11102 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
11103 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
11105 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
11106 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
11110 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
11111 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11112 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11117 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11120 const char *relplt_name;
11121 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
11125 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
11131 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
11134 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
11137 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
11140 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
11141 if (relplt_name == NULL)
11142 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11143 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
11144 if (relplt == NULL)
11147 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
11148 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
11149 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
11152 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
11156 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
11157 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
11160 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
11161 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
11162 p = relplt->relocation;
11163 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11165 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
11166 if (p->addend != 0)
11169 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
11171 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11176 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
11180 names = (char *) (s + count);
11181 p = relplt->relocation;
11183 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11188 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
11189 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
11192 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
11193 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11194 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11195 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
11196 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
11197 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
11199 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
11202 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
11203 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
11205 if (p->addend != 0)
11209 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11210 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11211 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
11212 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
11215 memcpy (names, a, len);
11218 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11219 names += sizeof ("@plt");
11226 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11227 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11228 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. t*/
11229 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11230 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, NULL,
11231 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON);
11234 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
11235 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11237 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11239 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
11241 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
11243 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11244 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11245 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11246 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11247 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
11248 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
11252 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11253 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11254 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11257 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
11259 return (type == STT_FUNC
11260 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
11263 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11264 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11265 otherwise return zero. */
11268 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
11271 bfd_size_type size;
11273 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
11274 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
11275 || sym->section != sec)
11278 *code_off = sym->value;
11280 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
11281 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;